]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git/blob - include/net/cfg80211.h
Merge branch 'smp-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel...
[mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git] / include / net / cfg80211.h
1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
17 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
18 #include <linux/list.h>
19 #include <linux/bug.h>
20 #include <linux/netlink.h>
21 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
22 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
23 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
25 #include <linux/net.h>
26 #include <net/regulatory.h>
27
28 /**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37 *
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39 * use restrictions.
40 */
41
42
43 /**
44 * DOC: Device registration
45 *
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * described below.
49 *
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59 *
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63 */
64
65 struct wiphy;
66
67 /*
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
69 */
70
71 /**
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73 *
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
81 * is not permitted.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
83 * is not permitted.
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
89 * restrictions.
90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
94 * restrictions.
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
98 * on this channel.
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100 * on this channel.
101 *
102 */
103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
106 /* hole at 1<<2 */
107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
117 };
118
119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
121
122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
124
125 /**
126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
127 *
128 * This structure describes a single channel for use
129 * with cfg80211.
130 *
131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
136 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
143 * @orig_mag: internal use
144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
146 * on this channel.
147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
149 */
150 struct ieee80211_channel {
151 enum nl80211_band band;
152 u32 center_freq;
153 u16 hw_value;
154 u32 flags;
155 int max_antenna_gain;
156 int max_power;
157 int max_reg_power;
158 bool beacon_found;
159 u32 orig_flags;
160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
164 };
165
166 /**
167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
168 *
169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
171 * different bands/PHY modes.
172 *
173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
175 * with CCK rates.
176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
178 * core code when registering the wiphy.
179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181 * core code when registering the wiphy.
182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
184 * core code when registering the wiphy.
185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
188 */
189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
197 };
198
199 /**
200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
201 *
202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
207 */
208 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
214 };
215
216 /**
217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
218 *
219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
222 */
223 enum ieee80211_privacy {
224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
227 };
228
229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
231
232 /**
233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
234 *
235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
238 * passed around.
239 *
240 * @flags: rate-specific flags
241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
244 * short preamble is used
245 */
246 struct ieee80211_rate {
247 u32 flags;
248 u16 bitrate;
249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
250 };
251
252 /**
253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
254 *
255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
257 *
258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
263 */
264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
266 bool ht_supported;
267 u8 ampdu_factor;
268 u8 ampdu_density;
269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
270 };
271
272 /**
273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
274 *
275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
277 *
278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
281 */
282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
283 bool vht_supported;
284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
286 };
287
288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
289
290 /**
291 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
292 *
293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
294 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
295 *
296 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
297 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
298 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
299 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
300 */
301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
302 bool has_he;
303 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
304 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
305 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
306 };
307
308 /**
309 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
310 *
311 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
312 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
313 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
314 *
315 * @types_mask: interface types mask
316 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
317 */
318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
319 u16 types_mask;
320 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
321 };
322
323 /**
324 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
325 *
326 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
327 * is able to operate in.
328 *
329 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
330 * in this band.
331 * @band: the band this structure represents
332 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
333 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
334 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
335 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
336 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
337 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
338 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
339 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
340 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
341 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
342 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
343 * iftype_data).
344 */
345 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
346 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
347 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
348 enum nl80211_band band;
349 int n_channels;
350 int n_bitrates;
351 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
352 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
353 u16 n_iftype_data;
354 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
355 };
356
357 /**
358 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
359 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
360 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
361 *
362 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
363 */
364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
366 u8 iftype)
367 {
368 int i;
369
370 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
371 return NULL;
372
373 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) {
374 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
375 &sband->iftype_data[i];
376
377 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
378 return data;
379 }
380
381 return NULL;
382 }
383
384 /**
385 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
386 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
387 *
388 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
389 */
390 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
391 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
392 {
393 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
394 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
395
396 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
397 return &data->he_cap;
398
399 return NULL;
400 }
401
402 /**
403 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
404 *
405 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
406 *
407 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
408 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
409 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
410 *
411 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
412 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
413 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
414 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
415 * without affecting other devices.
416 *
417 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
418 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
419 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
420 */
421 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
422 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
423 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
424 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
425 {
426 }
427 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
428
429
430 /*
431 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
432 */
433
434 /**
435 * DOC: Actions and configuration
436 *
437 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
438 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
439 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
440 * operations use are described separately.
441 *
442 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
443 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
444 *
445 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
446 * in a separate chapter.
447 */
448
449 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
450 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
451
452 /**
453 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
454 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
455 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
456 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
457 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
458 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
459 * determine the address as needed.
460 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
461 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
462 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
463 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
464 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
465 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
466 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
467 */
468 struct vif_params {
469 u32 flags;
470 int use_4addr;
471 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
472 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
473 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
474 };
475
476 /**
477 * struct key_params - key information
478 *
479 * Information about a key
480 *
481 * @key: key material
482 * @key_len: length of key material
483 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
484 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
485 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
486 * length given by @seq_len.
487 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
488 */
489 struct key_params {
490 const u8 *key;
491 const u8 *seq;
492 int key_len;
493 int seq_len;
494 u32 cipher;
495 };
496
497 /**
498 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
499 * @chan: the (control) channel
500 * @width: channel width
501 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
502 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
503 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
504 */
505 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
506 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
507 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
508 u32 center_freq1;
509 u32 center_freq2;
510 };
511
512 /**
513 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
514 * @chandef: the channel definition
515 *
516 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
517 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
518 */
519 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
520 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
521 {
522 switch (chandef->width) {
523 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
524 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
525 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
526 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
527 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
528 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
529 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
530 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
531 default:
532 WARN_ON(1);
533 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
534 }
535 }
536
537 /**
538 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
539 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
540 * @channel: the control channel
541 * @chantype: the channel type
542 *
543 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
544 */
545 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
546 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
547 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
548
549 /**
550 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
551 * @chandef1: first channel definition
552 * @chandef2: second channel definition
553 *
554 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
555 * identical, %false otherwise.
556 */
557 static inline bool
558 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
559 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
560 {
561 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
562 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
563 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
564 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
565 }
566
567 /**
568 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
569 * @chandef1: first channel definition
570 * @chandef2: second channel definition
571 *
572 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
573 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
574 */
575 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
576 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
577 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
578
579 /**
580 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
581 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
582 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
583 */
584 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
585
586 /**
587 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
588 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
589 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
590 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
591 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
592 */
593 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
594 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
595 u32 prohibited_flags);
596
597 /**
598 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
599 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
600 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
601 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
602 * Returns:
603 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
604 */
605 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
606 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
607 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
608
609 /**
610 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
611 *
612 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
613 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
614 *
615 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
616 *
617 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
618 */
619 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
620 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
621 {
622 switch (chandef->width) {
623 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
624 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
625 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
626 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
627 default:
628 break;
629 }
630 return 0;
631 }
632
633 /**
634 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
635 *
636 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
637 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
638 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
639 *
640 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
641 *
642 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
643 */
644 static inline int
645 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
646 {
647 switch (chandef->width) {
648 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
649 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
650 chandef->chan->max_power);
651 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
652 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
653 chandef->chan->max_power);
654 default:
655 break;
656 }
657 return chandef->chan->max_power;
658 }
659
660 /**
661 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
662 *
663 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
664 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
665 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
666 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
667 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
668 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
669 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
670 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
671 *
672 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
673 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
674 */
675 enum survey_info_flags {
676 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
677 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
678 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
679 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
680 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
681 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
682 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
683 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
684 };
685
686 /**
687 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
688 *
689 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
690 * record to report global statistics
691 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
692 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
693 * optional
694 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
695 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
696 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
697 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
698 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
699 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
700 *
701 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
702 *
703 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
704 * channel duty cycle etc.
705 */
706 struct survey_info {
707 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
708 u64 time;
709 u64 time_busy;
710 u64 time_ext_busy;
711 u64 time_rx;
712 u64 time_tx;
713 u64 time_scan;
714 u32 filled;
715 s8 noise;
716 };
717
718 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
719
720 /**
721 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
722 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
723 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
724 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
725 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
726 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
727 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
728 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
729 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
730 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
731 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
732 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
733 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
734 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
735 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
736 * protocol frames.
737 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
738 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
739 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
740 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
741 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
742 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
743 */
744 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
745 u32 wpa_versions;
746 u32 cipher_group;
747 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
748 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
749 int n_akm_suites;
750 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
751 bool control_port;
752 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
753 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
754 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
755 struct key_params *wep_keys;
756 int wep_tx_key;
757 const u8 *psk;
758 };
759
760 /**
761 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
762 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
763 * or %NULL if not changed
764 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
765 * or %NULL if not changed
766 * @head_len: length of @head
767 * @tail_len: length of @tail
768 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
769 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
770 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
771 * frames or %NULL
772 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
773 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
774 * Response frames or %NULL
775 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
776 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
777 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
778 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
779 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
780 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
781 * (measurement type 8)
782 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
783 * Token (measurement type 11)
784 * @lci_len: LCI data length
785 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
786 */
787 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
788 const u8 *head, *tail;
789 const u8 *beacon_ies;
790 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
791 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
792 const u8 *probe_resp;
793 const u8 *lci;
794 const u8 *civicloc;
795 s8 ftm_responder;
796
797 size_t head_len, tail_len;
798 size_t beacon_ies_len;
799 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
800 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
801 size_t probe_resp_len;
802 size_t lci_len;
803 size_t civicloc_len;
804 };
805
806 struct mac_address {
807 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
808 };
809
810 /**
811 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
812 *
813 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
814 * entry specified by mac_addr
815 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
816 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
817 */
818 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
819 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
820 int n_acl_entries;
821
822 /* Keep it last */
823 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
824 };
825
826 /*
827 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
828 */
829 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
830 struct {
831 u32 legacy;
832 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
833 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
834 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
835 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
836 };
837
838 /**
839 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
840 *
841 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
842 *
843 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
844 */
845 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
846 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
847 };
848
849 /**
850 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
851 *
852 * Used to configure an AP interface.
853 *
854 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
855 * @beacon: beacon data
856 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
857 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
858 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
859 * user space)
860 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
861 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
862 * @crypto: crypto settings
863 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
864 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
865 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
866 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
867 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
868 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
869 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
870 * MAC address based access control
871 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
872 * networks.
873 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
874 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
875 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
876 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
877 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
878 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
879 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
880 */
881 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
882 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
883
884 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
885
886 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
887 const u8 *ssid;
888 size_t ssid_len;
889 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
890 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
891 bool privacy;
892 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
893 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
894 int inactivity_timeout;
895 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
896 bool p2p_opp_ps;
897 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
898 bool pbss;
899 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
900
901 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
902 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
903 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
904 bool ht_required, vht_required;
905 u32 flags;
906 };
907
908 /**
909 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
910 *
911 * Used for channel switch
912 *
913 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
914 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
915 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
916 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
917 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
918 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
919 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
920 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
921 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
922 * @count: number of beacons until switch
923 */
924 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
925 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
926 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
927 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
928 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
929 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
930 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
931 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
932 bool radar_required;
933 bool block_tx;
934 u8 count;
935 };
936
937 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
938
939 /**
940 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
941 *
942 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
943 *
944 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
945 * to use for verification
946 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
947 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
948 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
949 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
950 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
951 * nl80211_iftype.
952 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
953 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
954 * the verification
955 */
956 struct iface_combination_params {
957 int num_different_channels;
958 u8 radar_detect;
959 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
960 u32 new_beacon_int;
961 };
962
963 /**
964 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
965 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
966 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
967 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
968 *
969 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
970 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
971 */
972 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
973 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
974 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
975 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
976 };
977
978 /**
979 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
980 *
981 * Used to change and create a new station.
982 *
983 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
984 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
985 * (or NULL for no change)
986 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
987 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
988 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
989 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
990 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
991 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
992 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
993 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
994 * @plink_action: plink action to take
995 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
996 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
997 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
998 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
999 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1000 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1001 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1002 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1003 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1004 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1005 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1006 * to unknown)
1007 * @capability: station capability
1008 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1009 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1010 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1011 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1012 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1013 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1014 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1015 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1016 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1017 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1018 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1019 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1020 */
1021 struct station_parameters {
1022 const u8 *supported_rates;
1023 struct net_device *vlan;
1024 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1025 u32 sta_modify_mask;
1026 int listen_interval;
1027 u16 aid;
1028 u16 peer_aid;
1029 u8 supported_rates_len;
1030 u8 plink_action;
1031 u8 plink_state;
1032 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1033 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1034 u8 uapsd_queues;
1035 u8 max_sp;
1036 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1037 u16 capability;
1038 const u8 *ext_capab;
1039 u8 ext_capab_len;
1040 const u8 *supported_channels;
1041 u8 supported_channels_len;
1042 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1043 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1044 u8 opmode_notif;
1045 bool opmode_notif_used;
1046 int support_p2p_ps;
1047 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1048 u8 he_capa_len;
1049 u16 airtime_weight;
1050 };
1051
1052 /**
1053 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1054 *
1055 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1056 *
1057 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1058 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1059 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1060 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1061 */
1062 struct station_del_parameters {
1063 const u8 *mac;
1064 u8 subtype;
1065 u16 reason_code;
1066 };
1067
1068 /**
1069 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1070 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1071 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1072 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1073 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1074 * the AP MLME in the device
1075 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1076 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1077 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1078 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1079 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1080 * supported/used)
1081 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1082 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1083 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1084 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1085 */
1086 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1087 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1088 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1089 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1090 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1091 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1092 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1093 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1094 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1095 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1096 };
1097
1098 /**
1099 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1100 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1101 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1102 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1103 *
1104 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1105 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1106 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1107 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1108 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1109 */
1110 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1111 struct station_parameters *params,
1112 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1113
1114 /**
1115 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1116 *
1117 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1118 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1119 *
1120 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1121 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1122 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1123 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
1124 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1125 */
1126 enum rate_info_flags {
1127 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1128 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1129 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1130 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3),
1131 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1132 };
1133
1134 /**
1135 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1136 *
1137 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1138 *
1139 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1140 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1141 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1142 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1143 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1144 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1145 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1146 */
1147 enum rate_info_bw {
1148 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1149 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1150 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1151 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1152 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1153 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1154 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1155 };
1156
1157 /**
1158 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1159 *
1160 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1161 *
1162 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1163 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1164 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1165 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1166 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1167 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1168 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1169 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1170 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1171 */
1172 struct rate_info {
1173 u8 flags;
1174 u8 mcs;
1175 u16 legacy;
1176 u8 nss;
1177 u8 bw;
1178 u8 he_gi;
1179 u8 he_dcm;
1180 u8 he_ru_alloc;
1181 };
1182
1183 /**
1184 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1185 *
1186 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1187 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1188 *
1189 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1190 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1191 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1192 */
1193 enum bss_param_flags {
1194 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1195 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1196 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1197 };
1198
1199 /**
1200 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1201 *
1202 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1203 *
1204 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1205 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1206 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1207 */
1208 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1209 u8 flags;
1210 u8 dtim_period;
1211 u16 beacon_interval;
1212 };
1213
1214 /**
1215 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1216 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1217 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1218 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1219 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1220 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1221 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1222 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1223 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1224 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1225 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1226 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1227 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1228 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1229 */
1230 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1231 u32 filled;
1232 u32 backlog_bytes;
1233 u32 backlog_packets;
1234 u32 flows;
1235 u32 drops;
1236 u32 ecn_marks;
1237 u32 overlimit;
1238 u32 overmemory;
1239 u32 collisions;
1240 u32 tx_bytes;
1241 u32 tx_packets;
1242 u32 max_flows;
1243 };
1244
1245 /**
1246 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1247 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1248 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1249 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1250 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1251 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1252 * transmitted MSDUs
1253 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1254 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1255 */
1256 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1257 u32 filled;
1258 u64 rx_msdu;
1259 u64 tx_msdu;
1260 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1261 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1262 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1263 };
1264
1265 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1266
1267 /**
1268 * struct station_info - station information
1269 *
1270 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1271 *
1272 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1273 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1274 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1275 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1276 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1277 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1278 * @llid: mesh local link id
1279 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1280 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1281 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1282 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1283 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1284 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1285 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1286 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1287 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1288 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1289 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1290 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1291 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1292 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1293 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1294 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1295 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1296 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1297 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1298 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1299 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1300 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1301 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1302 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1303 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1304 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1305 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1306 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1307 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1308 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1309 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1310 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1311 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1312 * towards this station.
1313 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1314 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1315 * from this peer
1316 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1317 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1318 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1319 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1320 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1321 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1322 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1323 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1324 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1325 * been sent.
1326 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1327 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1328 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1329 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1330 */
1331 struct station_info {
1332 u64 filled;
1333 u32 connected_time;
1334 u32 inactive_time;
1335 u64 rx_bytes;
1336 u64 tx_bytes;
1337 u16 llid;
1338 u16 plid;
1339 u8 plink_state;
1340 s8 signal;
1341 s8 signal_avg;
1342
1343 u8 chains;
1344 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1345 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1346
1347 struct rate_info txrate;
1348 struct rate_info rxrate;
1349 u32 rx_packets;
1350 u32 tx_packets;
1351 u32 tx_retries;
1352 u32 tx_failed;
1353 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1354 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1355 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1356
1357 int generation;
1358
1359 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1360 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1361
1362 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1363 s64 t_offset;
1364 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1365 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1366 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1367
1368 u32 expected_throughput;
1369
1370 u64 tx_duration;
1371 u64 rx_duration;
1372 u64 rx_beacon;
1373 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1374 u8 connected_to_gate;
1375
1376 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1377 s8 ack_signal;
1378 s8 avg_ack_signal;
1379
1380 u16 airtime_weight;
1381
1382 u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1383 u32 fcs_err_count;
1384 };
1385
1386 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1387 /**
1388 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1389 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1390 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1391 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1392 *
1393 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1394 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1395 * considered undefined.
1396 */
1397 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1398 struct station_info *sinfo);
1399 #else
1400 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1401 const u8 *mac_addr,
1402 struct station_info *sinfo)
1403 {
1404 return -ENOENT;
1405 }
1406 #endif
1407
1408 /**
1409 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1410 *
1411 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1412 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1413 *
1414 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1415 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1416 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1417 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1418 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1419 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1420 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1421 */
1422 enum monitor_flags {
1423 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1424 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1425 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1426 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1427 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1428 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1429 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1430 };
1431
1432 /**
1433 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1434 *
1435 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1436 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1437 *
1438 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1439 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1440 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1441 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1442 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1443 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1444 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1445 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1446 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1447 */
1448 enum mpath_info_flags {
1449 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1450 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1451 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1452 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1453 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1454 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1455 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1456 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
1457 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
1458 };
1459
1460 /**
1461 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1462 *
1463 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1464 *
1465 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1466 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1467 * @sn: target sequence number
1468 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1469 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1470 * @flags: mesh path flags
1471 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1472 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1473 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1474 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1475 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1476 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1477 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1478 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1479 */
1480 struct mpath_info {
1481 u32 filled;
1482 u32 frame_qlen;
1483 u32 sn;
1484 u32 metric;
1485 u32 exptime;
1486 u32 discovery_timeout;
1487 u8 discovery_retries;
1488 u8 flags;
1489 u8 hop_count;
1490 u32 path_change_count;
1491
1492 int generation;
1493 };
1494
1495 /**
1496 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1497 *
1498 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1499 *
1500 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1501 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1502 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1503 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1504 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1505 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1506 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1507 * (or NULL for no change)
1508 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1509 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1510 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1511 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1512 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1513 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1514 */
1515 struct bss_parameters {
1516 int use_cts_prot;
1517 int use_short_preamble;
1518 int use_short_slot_time;
1519 const u8 *basic_rates;
1520 u8 basic_rates_len;
1521 int ap_isolate;
1522 int ht_opmode;
1523 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1524 };
1525
1526 /**
1527 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1528 *
1529 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1530 *
1531 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1532 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1533 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1534 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1535 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1536 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1537 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1538 * mesh interface
1539 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1540 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1541 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1542 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1543 * elements
1544 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1545 * detect compatible mesh peers
1546 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1547 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1548 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1549 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1550 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1551 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1552 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1553 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1554 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1555 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1556 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1557 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1558 * element
1559 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1560 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1561 * element
1562 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1563 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1564 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1565 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1566 * announcements are transmitted
1567 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1568 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1569 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1570 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1571 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1572 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1573 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1574 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1575 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1576 * station to establish a peer link
1577 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1578 *
1579 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1580 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1581 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1582 *
1583 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1584 * PREQs are transmitted.
1585 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1586 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1587 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1588 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1589 * setting for new peer links.
1590 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1591 * after transmitting its beacon.
1592 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1593 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1594 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1595 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1596 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
1597 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1598 * in the mesh path table
1599 */
1600 struct mesh_config {
1601 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1602 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1603 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1604 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1605 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1606 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1607 u8 element_ttl;
1608 bool auto_open_plinks;
1609 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1610 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1611 u32 path_refresh_time;
1612 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1613 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1614 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1615 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1616 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1617 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1618 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1619 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1620 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1621 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1622 s32 rssi_threshold;
1623 u16 ht_opmode;
1624 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1625 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1626 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1627 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1628 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1629 u32 plink_timeout;
1630 };
1631
1632 /**
1633 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1634 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1635 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1636 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1637 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1638 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1639 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1640 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1641 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1642 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1643 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1644 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1645 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1646 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1647 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1648 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1649 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1650 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1651 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1652 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1653 * to operate on DFS channels.
1654 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1655 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1656 *
1657 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1658 */
1659 struct mesh_setup {
1660 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1661 const u8 *mesh_id;
1662 u8 mesh_id_len;
1663 u8 sync_method;
1664 u8 path_sel_proto;
1665 u8 path_metric;
1666 u8 auth_id;
1667 const u8 *ie;
1668 u8 ie_len;
1669 bool is_authenticated;
1670 bool is_secure;
1671 bool user_mpm;
1672 u8 dtim_period;
1673 u16 beacon_interval;
1674 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1675 u32 basic_rates;
1676 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1677 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1678 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1679 };
1680
1681 /**
1682 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1683 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1684 *
1685 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1686 */
1687 struct ocb_setup {
1688 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1689 };
1690
1691 /**
1692 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1693 * @ac: AC identifier
1694 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1695 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1696 * 1..32767]
1697 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1698 * 1..32767]
1699 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1700 */
1701 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1702 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1703 u16 txop;
1704 u16 cwmin;
1705 u16 cwmax;
1706 u8 aifs;
1707 };
1708
1709 /**
1710 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1711 *
1712 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1713 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1714 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1715 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1716 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1717 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1718 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1719 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1720 * in the wiphy structure.
1721 *
1722 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1723 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1724 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1725 *
1726 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1727 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1728 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1729 * to userspace.
1730 */
1731
1732 /**
1733 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1734 * @ssid: the SSID
1735 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1736 */
1737 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1738 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1739 u8 ssid_len;
1740 };
1741
1742 /**
1743 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1744 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1745 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1746 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
1747 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1748 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1749 * userspace will be notified of that
1750 */
1751 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1752 u64 scan_start_tsf;
1753 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1754 bool aborted;
1755 };
1756
1757 /**
1758 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1759 *
1760 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1761 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1762 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1763 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1764 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1765 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1766 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1767 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1768 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1769 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1770 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1771 * %duration field.
1772 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1773 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1774 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1775 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1776 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1777 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1778 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1779 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1780 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1781 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1782 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1783 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1784 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1785 */
1786 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1787 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1788 int n_ssids;
1789 u32 n_channels;
1790 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1791 const u8 *ie;
1792 size_t ie_len;
1793 u16 duration;
1794 bool duration_mandatory;
1795 u32 flags;
1796
1797 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1798
1799 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1800
1801 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1802 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1803 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1804
1805 /* internal */
1806 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1807 unsigned long scan_start;
1808 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1809 bool notified;
1810 bool no_cck;
1811
1812 /* keep last */
1813 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1814 };
1815
1816 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1817 {
1818 int i;
1819
1820 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1821 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1822 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1823 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1824 }
1825 }
1826
1827 /**
1828 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1829 *
1830 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1831 * or no match (RSSI only)
1832 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1833 * or no match (RSSI only)
1834 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1835 */
1836 struct cfg80211_match_set {
1837 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1838 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1839 s32 rssi_thold;
1840 };
1841
1842 /**
1843 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1844 *
1845 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1846 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1847 * infinite loop.
1848 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1849 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1850 */
1851 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1852 u32 interval;
1853 u32 iterations;
1854 };
1855
1856 /**
1857 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1858 *
1859 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1860 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1861 */
1862 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1863 enum nl80211_band band;
1864 s8 delta;
1865 };
1866
1867 /**
1868 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1869 *
1870 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1871 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1872 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1873 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1874 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1875 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1876 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1877 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1878 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1879 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1880 * (others are filtered out).
1881 * If ommited, all results are passed.
1882 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1883 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1884 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1885 * @dev: the interface
1886 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1887 * @channels: channels to scan
1888 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1889 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
1890 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1891 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1892 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1893 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1894 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1895 * index must be executed first.
1896 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1897 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1898 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1899 * owned by a particular socket)
1900 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1901 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1902 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1903 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1904 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1905 * supported.
1906 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1907 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1908 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1909 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1910 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1911 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1912 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1913 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1914 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1915 * comparisions.
1916 */
1917 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1918 u64 reqid;
1919 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1920 int n_ssids;
1921 u32 n_channels;
1922 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1923 const u8 *ie;
1924 size_t ie_len;
1925 u32 flags;
1926 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1927 int n_match_sets;
1928 s32 min_rssi_thold;
1929 u32 delay;
1930 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1931 int n_scan_plans;
1932
1933 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1934 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1935
1936 bool relative_rssi_set;
1937 s8 relative_rssi;
1938 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1939
1940 /* internal */
1941 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1942 struct net_device *dev;
1943 unsigned long scan_start;
1944 bool report_results;
1945 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1946 u32 owner_nlportid;
1947 bool nl_owner_dead;
1948 struct list_head list;
1949
1950 /* keep last */
1951 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1952 };
1953
1954 /**
1955 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1956 *
1957 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1958 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1959 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1960 */
1961 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1962 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1963 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1964 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1965 };
1966
1967 /**
1968 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
1969 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
1970 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
1971 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
1972 * signal type
1973 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
1974 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
1975 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
1976 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
1977 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
1978 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1979 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
1980 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
1981 * by %parent_bssid.
1982 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
1983 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
1984 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1985 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1986 */
1987 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
1988 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1989 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1990 s32 signal;
1991 u64 boottime_ns;
1992 u64 parent_tsf;
1993 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1994 u8 chains;
1995 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1996 };
1997
1998 /**
1999 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2000 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2001 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2002 * @len: length of the IEs
2003 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2004 * @data: IE data
2005 */
2006 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2007 u64 tsf;
2008 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2009 int len;
2010 bool from_beacon;
2011 u8 data[];
2012 };
2013
2014 /**
2015 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2016 *
2017 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2018 * for use in scan results and similar.
2019 *
2020 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2021 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2022 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2023 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2024 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2025 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2026 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2027 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2028 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2029 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2030 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2031 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2032 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2033 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2034 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2035 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2036 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2037 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2038 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2039 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2040 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2041 * (multi-BSSID support)
2042 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2043 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2044 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2045 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2046 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2047 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2048 */
2049 struct cfg80211_bss {
2050 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2051 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2052
2053 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2054 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2055 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2056
2057 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2058 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2059 struct list_head nontrans_list;
2060
2061 s32 signal;
2062
2063 u16 beacon_interval;
2064 u16 capability;
2065
2066 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2067 u8 chains;
2068 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2069
2070 u8 bssid_index;
2071 u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2072
2073 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2074 };
2075
2076 /**
2077 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2078 * @bss: the bss to search
2079 * @id: the element ID
2080 *
2081 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2082 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2083 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2084 */
2085 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2086
2087 /**
2088 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2089 * @bss: the bss to search
2090 * @id: the element ID
2091 *
2092 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2093 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2094 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2095 */
2096 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2097 {
2098 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2099 }
2100
2101
2102 /**
2103 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2104 *
2105 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2106 * authentication.
2107 *
2108 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2109 * to it if it needs to keep it.
2110 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2111 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2112 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2113 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2114 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2115 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2116 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2117 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2118 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2119 * transaction sequence number field.
2120 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2121 */
2122 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2123 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2124 const u8 *ie;
2125 size_t ie_len;
2126 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2127 const u8 *key;
2128 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2129 const u8 *auth_data;
2130 size_t auth_data_len;
2131 };
2132
2133 /**
2134 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2135 *
2136 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2137 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2138 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2139 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2140 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2141 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2142 * request (connect callback).
2143 */
2144 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2145 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
2146 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
2147 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
2148 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
2149 };
2150
2151 /**
2152 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2153 *
2154 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2155 * (re)association.
2156 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2157 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2158 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2159 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2160 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2161 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2162 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2163 * @crypto: crypto settings
2164 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2165 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2166 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2167 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2168 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2169 * frame.
2170 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2171 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2172 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2173 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2174 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2175 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2176 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2177 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2178 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2179 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2180 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2181 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2182 */
2183 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2184 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2185 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2186 size_t ie_len;
2187 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2188 bool use_mfp;
2189 u32 flags;
2190 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2191 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2192 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2193 const u8 *fils_kek;
2194 size_t fils_kek_len;
2195 const u8 *fils_nonces;
2196 };
2197
2198 /**
2199 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2200 *
2201 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2202 * deauthentication.
2203 *
2204 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2205 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2206 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2207 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2208 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2209 * do not set a deauth frame
2210 */
2211 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2212 const u8 *bssid;
2213 const u8 *ie;
2214 size_t ie_len;
2215 u16 reason_code;
2216 bool local_state_change;
2217 };
2218
2219 /**
2220 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2221 *
2222 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2223 * disassociation.
2224 *
2225 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2226 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2227 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2228 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2229 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2230 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2231 */
2232 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2233 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2234 const u8 *ie;
2235 size_t ie_len;
2236 u16 reason_code;
2237 bool local_state_change;
2238 };
2239
2240 /**
2241 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2242 *
2243 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2244 * method.
2245 *
2246 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2247 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2248 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2249 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2250 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2251 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2252 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2253 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2254 * @ie_len: length of that
2255 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2256 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2257 * after joining
2258 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2259 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2260 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2261 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2262 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2263 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2264 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2265 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2266 * to operate on DFS channels.
2267 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2268 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2269 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2270 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2271 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2272 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2273 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2274 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2275 */
2276 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2277 const u8 *ssid;
2278 const u8 *bssid;
2279 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2280 const u8 *ie;
2281 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2282 u16 beacon_interval;
2283 u32 basic_rates;
2284 bool channel_fixed;
2285 bool privacy;
2286 bool control_port;
2287 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2288 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2289 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2290 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2291 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2292 struct key_params *wep_keys;
2293 int wep_tx_key;
2294 };
2295
2296 /**
2297 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2298 *
2299 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2300 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2301 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2302 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2303 */
2304 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2305 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2306 union {
2307 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2308 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2309 } param;
2310 };
2311
2312 /**
2313 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2314 *
2315 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2316 * authentication and association.
2317 *
2318 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2319 * on scan results)
2320 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2321 * %NULL if not specified
2322 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2323 * results)
2324 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2325 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2326 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2327 * to use.
2328 * @ssid: SSID
2329 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2330 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2331 * @ie: IEs for association request
2332 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2333 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2334 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2335 * @crypto: crypto settings
2336 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2337 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2338 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2339 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2340 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2341 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2342 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2343 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2344 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2345 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2346 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2347 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2348 * networks.
2349 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2350 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2351 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2352 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2353 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2354 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2355 * frame.
2356 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2357 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2358 * data IE.
2359 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2360 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2361 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2362 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2363 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2364 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2365 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2366 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2367 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2368 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2369 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2370 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2371 */
2372 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2373 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2374 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2375 const u8 *bssid;
2376 const u8 *bssid_hint;
2377 const u8 *ssid;
2378 size_t ssid_len;
2379 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2380 const u8 *ie;
2381 size_t ie_len;
2382 bool privacy;
2383 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2384 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2385 const u8 *key;
2386 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2387 u32 flags;
2388 int bg_scan_period;
2389 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2390 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2391 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2392 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2393 bool pbss;
2394 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2395 const u8 *prev_bssid;
2396 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2397 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2398 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2399 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2400 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2401 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2402 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2403 bool want_1x;
2404 };
2405
2406 /**
2407 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2408 *
2409 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2410 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2411 *
2412 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2413 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2414 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2415 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2416 */
2417 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2418 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2419 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
2420 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
2421 };
2422
2423 /**
2424 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2425 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2426 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2427 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2428 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2429 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2430 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2431 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2432 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2433 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2434 */
2435 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2436 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2437 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2438 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2439 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2440 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2441 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2442 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
2443 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
2444 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
2445 };
2446
2447 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2448
2449 /**
2450 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2451 *
2452 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2453 * caching.
2454 *
2455 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2456 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2457 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2458 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2459 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2460 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2461 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2462 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2463 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2464 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2465 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2466 * %NULL).
2467 */
2468 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2469 const u8 *bssid;
2470 const u8 *pmkid;
2471 const u8 *pmk;
2472 size_t pmk_len;
2473 const u8 *ssid;
2474 size_t ssid_len;
2475 const u8 *cache_id;
2476 };
2477
2478 /**
2479 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2480 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2481 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2482 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2483 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2484 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2485 *
2486 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2487 * memory, free @mask only!
2488 */
2489 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2490 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2491 int pattern_len;
2492 int pkt_offset;
2493 };
2494
2495 /**
2496 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2497 *
2498 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2499 * @src: source IP address
2500 * @dst: destination IP address
2501 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2502 * @src_port: source port
2503 * @dst_port: destination port
2504 * @payload_len: data payload length
2505 * @payload: data payload buffer
2506 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2507 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2508 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2509 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2510 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2511 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2512 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2513 */
2514 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2515 struct socket *sock;
2516 __be32 src, dst;
2517 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2518 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2519 int payload_len;
2520 const u8 *payload;
2521 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2522 u32 data_interval;
2523 u32 wake_len;
2524 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2525 u32 tokens_size;
2526 /* must be last, variable member */
2527 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2528 };
2529
2530 /**
2531 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2532 *
2533 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2534 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2535 * operating as normal during suspend
2536 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2537 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2538 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2539 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2540 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2541 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2542 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2543 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2544 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2545 * NULL if not configured.
2546 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2547 */
2548 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2549 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2550 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2551 rfkill_release;
2552 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2553 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2554 int n_patterns;
2555 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2556 };
2557
2558 /**
2559 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2560 *
2561 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2562 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2563 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2564 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2565 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2566 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2567 */
2568 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2569 int delay;
2570 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2571 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2572 int n_patterns;
2573 };
2574
2575 /**
2576 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2577 *
2578 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2579 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2580 * @n_rules: number of rules
2581 */
2582 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2583 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2584 int n_rules;
2585 };
2586
2587 /**
2588 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2589 *
2590 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2591 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2592 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2593 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2594 * occurred (in MHz)
2595 */
2596 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2597 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2598 int n_channels;
2599 u32 channels[];
2600 };
2601
2602 /**
2603 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2604 *
2605 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2606 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2607 * match information.
2608 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2609 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2610 */
2611 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2612 int n_matches;
2613 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2614 };
2615
2616 /**
2617 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2618 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2619 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2620 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2621 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2622 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2623 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2624 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2625 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2626 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2627 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2628 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2629 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2630 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2631 * it is.
2632 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2633 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2634 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2635 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2636 */
2637 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2638 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2639 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2640 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2641 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2642 s32 pattern_idx;
2643 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2644 const void *packet;
2645 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2646 };
2647
2648 /**
2649 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2650 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2651 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2652 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2653 */
2654 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2655 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2656 };
2657
2658 /**
2659 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2660 *
2661 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2662 *
2663 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2664 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2665 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2666 */
2667 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2668 u16 md;
2669 const u8 *ie;
2670 size_t ie_len;
2671 };
2672
2673 /**
2674 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2675 *
2676 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2677 *
2678 * @chan: channel to use
2679 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2680 * @wait: duration for ROC
2681 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2682 * @len: buffer length
2683 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2684 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2685 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2686 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2687 */
2688 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2689 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2690 bool offchan;
2691 unsigned int wait;
2692 const u8 *buf;
2693 size_t len;
2694 bool no_cck;
2695 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2696 int n_csa_offsets;
2697 const u16 *csa_offsets;
2698 };
2699
2700 /**
2701 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2702 *
2703 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2704 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2705 */
2706 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2707 u8 dscp;
2708 u8 up;
2709 };
2710
2711 /**
2712 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2713 *
2714 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2715 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2716 */
2717 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2718 u8 low;
2719 u8 high;
2720 };
2721
2722 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2723 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2724 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2725 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2726 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2727
2728 /**
2729 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2730 *
2731 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2732 *
2733 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2734 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2735 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2736 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2737 */
2738 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2739 u8 num_des;
2740 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2741 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2742 };
2743
2744 /**
2745 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2746 *
2747 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2748 *
2749 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2750 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2751 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2752 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2753 */
2754 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2755 u8 master_pref;
2756 u8 bands;
2757 };
2758
2759 /**
2760 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2761 * configuration
2762 *
2763 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2764 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2765 */
2766 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2767 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2768 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2769 };
2770
2771 /**
2772 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2773 *
2774 * @filter: the content of the filter
2775 * @len: the length of the filter
2776 */
2777 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2778 const u8 *filter;
2779 u8 len;
2780 };
2781
2782 /**
2783 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2784 *
2785 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2786 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2787 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2788 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2789 * implementation specific.
2790 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2791 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2792 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2793 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2794 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2795 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2796 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2797 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2798 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2799 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2800 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2801 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2802 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2803 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2804 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2805 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2806 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2807 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2808 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2809 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2810 */
2811 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2812 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2813 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2814 u8 publish_type;
2815 bool close_range;
2816 bool publish_bcast;
2817 bool subscribe_active;
2818 u8 followup_id;
2819 u8 followup_reqid;
2820 struct mac_address followup_dest;
2821 u32 ttl;
2822 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2823 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2824 bool srf_include;
2825 const u8 *srf_bf;
2826 u8 srf_bf_len;
2827 u8 srf_bf_idx;
2828 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2829 int srf_num_macs;
2830 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2831 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2832 u8 num_tx_filters;
2833 u8 num_rx_filters;
2834 u8 instance_id;
2835 u64 cookie;
2836 };
2837
2838 /**
2839 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2840 *
2841 * @aa: authenticator address
2842 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2843 * @pmk: the PMK material
2844 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2845 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2846 * holds PMK-R0.
2847 */
2848 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2849 const u8 *aa;
2850 u8 pmk_len;
2851 const u8 *pmk;
2852 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2853 };
2854
2855 /**
2856 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2857 *
2858 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2859 *
2860 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2861 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2862 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2863 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2864 * authentication response command interface.
2865 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
2866 * authentication response command interface.
2867 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2868 * authentication request event interface.
2869 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2870 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2871 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2872 * response command interface (user space to driver).
2873 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2874 */
2875 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2876 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2877 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2878 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2879 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2880 u16 status;
2881 const u8 *pmkid;
2882 };
2883
2884 /**
2885 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
2886 *
2887 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
2888 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
2889 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
2890 * answered
2891 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
2892 * successfully answered
2893 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
2894 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
2895 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
2896 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
2897 * of how much time the responder was busy
2898 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
2899 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
2900 * the responder
2901 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
2902 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
2903 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
2904 */
2905 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
2906 u32 filled;
2907 u32 success_num;
2908 u32 partial_num;
2909 u32 failed_num;
2910 u32 asap_num;
2911 u32 non_asap_num;
2912 u64 total_duration_ms;
2913 u32 unknown_triggers_num;
2914 u32 reschedule_requests_num;
2915 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
2916 };
2917
2918 /**
2919 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
2920 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
2921 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
2922 * reason than just "failure"
2923 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
2924 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
2925 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
2926 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
2927 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
2928 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
2929 * by the responder
2930 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
2931 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
2932 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
2933 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
2934 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
2935 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
2936 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
2937 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2938 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2939 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
2940 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
2941 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
2942 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
2943 * the square root of the variance)
2944 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
2945 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
2946 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
2947 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
2948 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
2949 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
2950 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
2951 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
2952 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
2953 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
2954 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
2955 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
2956 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
2957 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
2958 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
2959 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
2960 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
2961 */
2962 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
2963 const u8 *lci;
2964 const u8 *civicloc;
2965 unsigned int lci_len;
2966 unsigned int civicloc_len;
2967 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
2968 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
2969 s16 burst_index;
2970 u8 busy_retry_time;
2971 u8 num_bursts_exp;
2972 u8 burst_duration;
2973 u8 ftms_per_burst;
2974 s32 rssi_avg;
2975 s32 rssi_spread;
2976 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
2977 s64 rtt_avg;
2978 s64 rtt_variance;
2979 s64 rtt_spread;
2980 s64 dist_avg;
2981 s64 dist_variance;
2982 s64 dist_spread;
2983
2984 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
2985 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
2986 rssi_avg_valid:1,
2987 rssi_spread_valid:1,
2988 tx_rate_valid:1,
2989 rx_rate_valid:1,
2990 rtt_avg_valid:1,
2991 rtt_variance_valid:1,
2992 rtt_spread_valid:1,
2993 dist_avg_valid:1,
2994 dist_variance_valid:1,
2995 dist_spread_valid:1;
2996 };
2997
2998 /**
2999 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3000 * @addr: address of the peer
3001 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3002 * measurement was made)
3003 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3004 * @status: status of the measurement
3005 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3006 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3007 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3008 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3009 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3010 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3011 */
3012 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3013 u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3014 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3015
3016 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3017
3018 u8 final:1,
3019 ap_tsf_valid:1;
3020
3021 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3022
3023 union {
3024 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3025 };
3026 };
3027
3028 /**
3029 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3030 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3031 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3032 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3033 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3034 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3035 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3036 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3037 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3038 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3039 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3040 *
3041 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3042 */
3043 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3044 enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3045 u16 burst_period;
3046 u8 requested:1,
3047 asap:1,
3048 request_lci:1,
3049 request_civicloc:1;
3050 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3051 u8 burst_duration;
3052 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3053 u8 ftmr_retries;
3054 };
3055
3056 /**
3057 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3058 * @addr: MAC address
3059 * @chandef: channel to use
3060 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3061 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3062 */
3063 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3064 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3065 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3066 u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3067 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3068 };
3069
3070 /**
3071 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3072 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3073 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3074 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3075 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3076 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3077 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3078 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3079 * be taken from the @mac_addr
3080 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3081 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3082 * zero it means there's no timeout
3083 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3084 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3085 */
3086 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3087 u64 cookie;
3088 void *drv_data;
3089 u32 n_peers;
3090 u32 nl_portid;
3091
3092 u32 timeout;
3093
3094 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3095 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3096
3097 struct list_head list;
3098
3099 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3100 };
3101
3102 /**
3103 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3104 *
3105 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3106 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3107 *
3108 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3109 * on success or a negative error code.
3110 *
3111 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3112 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3113 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3114 *
3115 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3116 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3117 * configured for the device.
3118 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3119 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3120 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3121 * the device.
3122 *
3123 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3124 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3125 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3126 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3127 * also set the address member in the wdev.
3128 *
3129 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3130 *
3131 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3132 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3133 *
3134 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3135 * when adding a group key.
3136 *
3137 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3138 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3139 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3140 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3141 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3142 *
3143 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3144 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3145 *
3146 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3147 *
3148 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3149 *
3150 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3151 *
3152 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3153 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3154 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3155 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3156 *
3157 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3158 * @del_station: Remove a station
3159 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3160 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3161 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3162 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3163 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3164 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3165 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3166 *
3167 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3168 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3169 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3170 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3171 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3172 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3173 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3174 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3175 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3176 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3177 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3178 *
3179 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3180 *
3181 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3182 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3183 * set, and which to leave alone.
3184 *
3185 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3186 *
3187 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3188 *
3189 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3190 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3191 * join the mesh instead.
3192 *
3193 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3194 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3195 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3196 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3197 *
3198 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3199 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3200 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3201 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3202 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3203 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3204 *
3205 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3206 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3207 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3208 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3209 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3210 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3211 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3212 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3213 *
3214 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3215 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3216 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3217 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3218 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3219 * was received.
3220 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3221 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3222 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3223 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3224 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3225 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3226 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3227 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3228 * indication of requesting reassociation.
3229 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3230 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3231 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3232 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3233 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3234 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3235 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3236 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3237 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3238 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3239 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3240 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3241 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3242 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3243 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3244 *
3245 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3246 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3247 * to a merge.
3248 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3249 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3250 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3251 *
3252 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3253 * MESH mode)
3254 *
3255 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3256 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3257 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3258 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3259 *
3260 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3261 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3262 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3263 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3264 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3265 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3266 * return 0 if successful
3267 *
3268 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3269 *
3270 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3271 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3272 *
3273 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3274 *
3275 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3276 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3277 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3278 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3279 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3280 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3281 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3282 * the duration value.
3283 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3284 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3285 * frame on another channel
3286 *
3287 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3288 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3289 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3290 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3291 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3292 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3293 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3294 *
3295 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3296 *
3297 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3298 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3299 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3300 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3301 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3302 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3303 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3304 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3305 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3306 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3307 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3308 * disabled.)
3309 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3310 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3311 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3312 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3313 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3314 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3315 * thresholds.
3316 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3317 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3318 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3319 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3320 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3321 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3322 * stop (when this method returns 0).
3323 *
3324 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3325 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3326 *
3327 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3328 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3329 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3330 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3331 *
3332 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3333 *
3334 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3335 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3336 *
3337 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3338 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3339 *
3340 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3341 *
3342 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3343 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3344 * current monitoring channel.
3345 *
3346 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3347 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3348 *
3349 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3350 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3351 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3352 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3353 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3354 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3355 *
3356 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3357 *
3358 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3359 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3360 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3361 *
3362 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3363 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3364 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3365 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3366 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3367 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3368 *
3369 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3370 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3371 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3372 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3373 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3374 * as soon as possible.
3375 *
3376 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3377 *
3378 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3379 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3380 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3381 *
3382 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3383 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3384 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3385 * account.
3386 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3387 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3388 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3389 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3390 * rejected)
3391 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3392 *
3393 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3395 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3396 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3397 *
3398 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3399 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3400 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3401 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3402 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3403 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3404 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3405 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3406 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3407 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3408 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3409 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3410 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3411 * provided @nan_func.
3412 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3413 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3414 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3415 * All other parameters must be ignored.
3416 *
3417 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3418 *
3419 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3420 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3421 *
3422 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3423 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3424 * upon which the driver should clear it.
3425 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3426 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3427 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3428 *
3429 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3430 * user space
3431 *
3432 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
3433 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3434 *
3435 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3436 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3437 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3438 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3439 */
3440 struct cfg80211_ops {
3441 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3442 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3443 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3444
3445 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3446 const char *name,
3447 unsigned char name_assign_type,
3448 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3449 struct vif_params *params);
3450 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3451 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3452 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3453 struct net_device *dev,
3454 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3455 struct vif_params *params);
3456
3457 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3458 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3459 struct key_params *params);
3460 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3461 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3462 void *cookie,
3463 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3464 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3465 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3466 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3467 struct net_device *netdev,
3468 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3469 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3470 struct net_device *netdev,
3471 u8 key_index);
3472
3473 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3474 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3475 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3476 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3477 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3478
3479
3480 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3481 const u8 *mac,
3482 struct station_parameters *params);
3483 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3484 struct station_del_parameters *params);
3485 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3486 const u8 *mac,
3487 struct station_parameters *params);
3488 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3489 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3490 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3491 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3492
3493 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3494 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3495 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3496 const u8 *dst);
3497 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3498 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3499 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3500 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3501 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3502 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3503 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3504 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3505 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3506 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3507 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3508 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3509 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3510 struct net_device *dev,
3511 struct mesh_config *conf);
3512 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3513 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3514 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3515 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3516 const struct mesh_config *conf,
3517 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3518 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3519
3520 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3521 struct ocb_setup *setup);
3522 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3523
3524 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3525 struct bss_parameters *params);
3526
3527 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3528 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3529
3530 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3531 struct net_device *dev,
3532 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3533
3534 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3535 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3536
3537 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3538 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3539 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3540
3541 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3542 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3543 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3544 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3545 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3546 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3547 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3548 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3549
3550 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3551 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3552 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3553 struct net_device *dev,
3554 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3555 u32 changed);
3556 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3557 u16 reason_code);
3558
3559 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3560 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3561 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3562
3563 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3564 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3565
3566 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3567
3568 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3569 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3570 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3571 int *dbm);
3572
3573 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3574 const u8 *addr);
3575
3576 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3577
3578 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3579 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3580 void *data, int len);
3581 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3582 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3583 void *data, int len);
3584 #endif
3585
3586 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3587 struct net_device *dev,
3588 const u8 *peer,
3589 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3590
3591 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3592 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3593
3594 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3595 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3596 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3597 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3598 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3599
3600 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3601 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3602 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3603 unsigned int duration,
3604 u64 *cookie);
3605 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3606 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3607 u64 cookie);
3608
3609 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3610 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3611 u64 *cookie);
3612 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3613 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3614 u64 cookie);
3615
3616 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3617 bool enabled, int timeout);
3618
3619 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3620 struct net_device *dev,
3621 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3622
3623 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3624 struct net_device *dev,
3625 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3626
3627 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3628 struct net_device *dev,
3629 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3630
3631 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3632 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3633 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3634
3635 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3636 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3637
3638 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3639 struct net_device *dev,
3640 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3641 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3642 u64 reqid);
3643
3644 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3645 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3646
3647 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3648 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
3649 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3650 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3651 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3652 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3653
3654 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3655 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3656
3657 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3658 struct net_device *dev,
3659 u16 noack_map);
3660
3661 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3662 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3663 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3664
3665 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3666 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3667 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3668 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3669
3670 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3671 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3672
3673 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3674 struct net_device *dev,
3675 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3676 u32 cac_time_ms);
3677 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3678 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3679 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3680 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3681 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3682 u16 duration);
3683 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3684 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3685 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3686 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3687
3688 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3689 struct net_device *dev,
3690 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3691
3692 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3693 struct net_device *dev,
3694 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3695
3696 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3697 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3698
3699 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3700 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3701 u16 admitted_time);
3702 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3703 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3704
3705 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3706 struct net_device *dev,
3707 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3708 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3709 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3710 struct net_device *dev,
3711 const u8 *addr);
3712 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3713 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3714 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3715 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3716 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3717 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3718 u64 cookie);
3719 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3720 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3721 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3722 u32 changes);
3723
3724 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3725 struct net_device *dev,
3726 const bool enabled);
3727
3728 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3729 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3730 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3731
3732 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3733 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3734 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3735 const u8 *aa);
3736 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3737 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3738
3739 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3740 struct net_device *dev,
3741 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3742 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3743 const bool noencrypt);
3744
3745 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3746 struct net_device *dev,
3747 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3748
3749 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3750 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3751 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3752 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3753 };
3754
3755 /*
3756 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3757 * and registration/helper functions
3758 */
3759
3760 /**
3761 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3762 *
3763 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3764 * wiphy at all
3765 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3766 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3767 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3768 * reason to override the default
3769 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3770 * on a VLAN interface)
3771 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3772 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3773 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3774 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3775 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3776 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3777 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3778 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3779 * firmware.
3780 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3781 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3782 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3783 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3784 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3785 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3786 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3787 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3788 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3789 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3790 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3791 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3792 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3794 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3795 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3796 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3797 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3798 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3799 * before connection.
3800 */
3801 enum wiphy_flags {
3802 /* use hole at 0 */
3803 /* use hole at 1 */
3804 /* use hole at 2 */
3805 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
3806 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
3807 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
3808 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
3809 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
3810 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
3811 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
3812 /* use hole at 11 */
3813 /* use hole at 12 */
3814 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
3815 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
3816 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
3817 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
3818 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
3819 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
3820 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
3821 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
3822 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
3823 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
3824 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
3825 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
3826 };
3827
3828 /**
3829 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3830 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3831 * @types: interface types (bits)
3832 */
3833 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3834 u16 max;
3835 u16 types;
3836 };
3837
3838 /**
3839 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3840 *
3841 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3842 * combinations it supports concurrently.
3843 *
3844 * Examples:
3845 *
3846 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3847 *
3848 * .. code-block:: c
3849 *
3850 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3851 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3852 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3853 * };
3854 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3855 * .limits = limits1,
3856 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3857 * .max_interfaces = 2,
3858 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3859 * };
3860 *
3861 *
3862 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3863 *
3864 * .. code-block:: c
3865 *
3866 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3867 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3868 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3869 * };
3870 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3871 * .limits = limits2,
3872 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3873 * .max_interfaces = 8,
3874 * .num_different_channels = 1,
3875 * };
3876 *
3877 *
3878 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3879 *
3880 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3881 *
3882 * .. code-block:: c
3883 *
3884 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3885 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3886 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3887 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3888 * };
3889 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3890 * .limits = limits3,
3891 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3892 * .max_interfaces = 4,
3893 * .num_different_channels = 2,
3894 * };
3895 *
3896 */
3897 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3898 /**
3899 * @limits:
3900 * limits for the given interface types
3901 */
3902 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3903
3904 /**
3905 * @num_different_channels:
3906 * can use up to this many different channels
3907 */
3908 u32 num_different_channels;
3909
3910 /**
3911 * @max_interfaces:
3912 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3913 */
3914 u16 max_interfaces;
3915
3916 /**
3917 * @n_limits:
3918 * number of limitations
3919 */
3920 u8 n_limits;
3921
3922 /**
3923 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3924 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3925 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3926 */
3927 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3928
3929 /**
3930 * @radar_detect_widths:
3931 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
3932 */
3933 u8 radar_detect_widths;
3934
3935 /**
3936 * @radar_detect_regions:
3937 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
3938 */
3939 u8 radar_detect_regions;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
3943 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
3944 *
3945 * = 0
3946 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
3947 * > 0
3948 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
3949 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
3950 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
3951 */
3952 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
3953 };
3954
3955 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
3956 u16 tx, rx;
3957 };
3958
3959 /**
3960 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
3961 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
3962 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
3963 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
3964 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
3965 * packet should be preserved in that case
3966 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
3967 * (see nl80211.h)
3968 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
3969 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
3970 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
3971 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
3972 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
3973 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
3974 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
3975 */
3976 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
3977 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
3978 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
3979 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
3980 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
3981 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
3982 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
3983 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
3984 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
3985 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
3986 };
3987
3988 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
3989 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
3990 u32 data_payload_max;
3991 u32 data_interval_max;
3992 u32 wake_payload_max;
3993 bool seq;
3994 };
3995
3996 /**
3997 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
3998 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
3999 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4000 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4001 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4002 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4003 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4004 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4005 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4006 * scheduled scans.
4007 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4008 * details.
4009 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4010 */
4011 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4012 u32 flags;
4013 int n_patterns;
4014 int pattern_max_len;
4015 int pattern_min_len;
4016 int max_pkt_offset;
4017 int max_nd_match_sets;
4018 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4019 };
4020
4021 /**
4022 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4023 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4024 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4025 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4026 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4027 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4028 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4029 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4030 */
4031 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4032 int n_rules;
4033 int max_delay;
4034 int n_patterns;
4035 int pattern_max_len;
4036 int pattern_min_len;
4037 int max_pkt_offset;
4038 };
4039
4040 /**
4041 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4042 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4043 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4044 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4045 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4046 */
4047 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4048 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4049 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4050 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4051 };
4052
4053 /**
4054 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4055 *
4056 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4057 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4058 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4059 *
4060 */
4061 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4062 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
4063 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
4064 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
4065 };
4066
4067 /**
4068 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4069 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4070 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4071 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4072 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4073 */
4074
4075 struct sta_opmode_info {
4076 u32 changed;
4077 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4078 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4079 u8 rx_nss;
4080 };
4081
4082 /**
4083 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4084 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4085 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4086 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4087 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4088 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4089 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4090 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4091 * dumpit calls.
4092 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4093 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4094 * are used with dump requests.
4095 */
4096 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4097 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4098 u32 flags;
4099 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4100 const void *data, int data_len);
4101 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4102 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4103 unsigned long *storage);
4104 };
4105
4106 /**
4107 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4108 * @iftype: interface type
4109 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4110 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4111 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4112 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4113 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4114 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4115 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4116 */
4117 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4118 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4119 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4120 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4121 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4122 };
4123
4124 /**
4125 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4126 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4127 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4128 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4129 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4130 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4131 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4132 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4133 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4134 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4135 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4136 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4137 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4138 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4139 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4140 * not limited)
4141 */
4142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4143 unsigned int max_peers;
4144 u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4145 randomize_mac_addr:1;
4146
4147 struct {
4148 u32 preambles;
4149 u32 bandwidths;
4150 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4151 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4152 u8 supported:1,
4153 asap:1,
4154 non_asap:1,
4155 request_lci:1,
4156 request_civicloc:1;
4157 } ftm;
4158 };
4159
4160 /**
4161 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4162 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4163 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4164 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4165 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4166 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4167 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4168 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4169 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4170 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4171 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4172 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4173 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4174 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4175 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4176 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4177 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4178 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4179 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4180 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4181 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4182 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4183 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4184 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4185 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4186 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4187 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4188 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4189 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4190 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4191 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4192 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4193 * unregister hardware
4194 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4195 * automatically on wiphy renames
4196 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4197 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4198 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4199 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4200 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4201 * must be set by driver
4202 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4203 * list single interface types.
4204 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4205 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4206 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4207 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4208 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4209 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4210 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4211 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4212 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4213 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4214 * this variable determines its size
4215 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4216 * any given scan
4217 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4218 * the device can run concurrently.
4219 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4220 * for in any given scheduled scan
4221 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4222 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4223 * supported.
4224 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4225 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4226 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4227 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4228 * scans
4229 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4230 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4231 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4232 * single scan plan supported by the device.
4233 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4234 * scan plan supported by the device.
4235 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4236 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4237 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4238 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4239 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4240 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4241 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4242 *
4243 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4244 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4245 * type
4246 *
4247 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4248 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4249 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4250 *
4251 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4252 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4253 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4254 *
4255 * @probe_resp_offload:
4256 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4257 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4258 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4259 *
4260 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4261 * may request, if implemented.
4262 *
4263 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4264 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4265 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4266 * to the suspend() operation instead.
4267 *
4268 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4269 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4270 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4271 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4272 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4273 *
4274 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4275 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4276 *
4277 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4278 * supports for ACL.
4279 *
4280 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4281 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4282 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4283 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4284 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4285 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4286 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4287 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4288 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4289 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4290 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4291 * capabilities are specified separately.
4292 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4293 *
4294 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4295 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4296 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4297 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4298 *
4299 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4300 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4301 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4302 * some cases, but may not always reach.
4303 *
4304 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4305 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4306 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4307 * infinite.
4308 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4309 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4310 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4311 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4312 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4313 * This value should be set in MHz.
4314 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4315 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4316 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4317 *
4318 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4319 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4320 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4321 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4322 *
4323 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4324 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4325 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4326 *
4327 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4328 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4329 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4330 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4331 *
4332 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4333 */
4334 struct wiphy {
4335 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4336
4337 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
4338 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4339 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4340
4341 struct mac_address *addresses;
4342
4343 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4344
4345 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4346 int n_iface_combinations;
4347 u16 software_iftypes;
4348
4349 u16 n_addresses;
4350
4351 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4352 u16 interface_modes;
4353
4354 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4355
4356 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4357 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4358
4359 u32 ap_sme_capa;
4360
4361 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4362
4363 int bss_priv_size;
4364 u8 max_scan_ssids;
4365 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4366 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4367 u8 max_match_sets;
4368 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4369 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4370 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4371 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4372 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4373
4374 int n_cipher_suites;
4375 const u32 *cipher_suites;
4376
4377 int n_akm_suites;
4378 const u32 *akm_suites;
4379
4380 u8 retry_short;
4381 u8 retry_long;
4382 u32 frag_threshold;
4383 u32 rts_threshold;
4384 u8 coverage_class;
4385
4386 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4387 u32 hw_version;
4388
4389 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4390 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4391 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4392 #endif
4393
4394 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4395
4396 u8 max_num_pmkids;
4397
4398 u32 available_antennas_tx;
4399 u32 available_antennas_rx;
4400
4401 /*
4402 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4403 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4404 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4405 */
4406 u32 probe_resp_offload;
4407
4408 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4409 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4410
4411 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4412 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4413
4414 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4415 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4416 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4417 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4418 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4419 const void *privid;
4420
4421 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4422
4423 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4424 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4425 struct regulatory_request *request);
4426
4427 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4428
4429 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4430
4431 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4432 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4433 struct device dev;
4434
4435 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4436 bool registered;
4437
4438 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4439 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4440
4441 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4442 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4443
4444 struct list_head wdev_list;
4445
4446 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4447 possible_net_t _net;
4448
4449 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4450 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4451 #endif
4452
4453 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4454
4455 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4456 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4457 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4458
4459 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4460
4461 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4462 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4463
4464 u32 bss_select_support;
4465
4466 u8 nan_supported_bands;
4467
4468 u32 txq_limit;
4469 u32 txq_memory_limit;
4470 u32 txq_quantum;
4471
4472 u8 support_mbssid:1,
4473 support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4474
4475 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4476
4477 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4478 };
4479
4480 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4481 {
4482 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4483 }
4484
4485 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4486 {
4487 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4488 }
4489
4490 /**
4491 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4492 *
4493 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4494 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4495 */
4496 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4497 {
4498 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4499 return &wiphy->priv;
4500 }
4501
4502 /**
4503 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4504 *
4505 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4506 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4507 */
4508 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4509 {
4510 BUG_ON(!priv);
4511 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4512 }
4513
4514 /**
4515 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4516 *
4517 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4518 * @dev: The device to parent it to
4519 */
4520 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4521 {
4522 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4523 }
4524
4525 /**
4526 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4527 *
4528 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4529 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4530 */
4531 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4532 {
4533 return wiphy->dev.parent;
4534 }
4535
4536 /**
4537 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4538 *
4539 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4540 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4541 */
4542 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4543 {
4544 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4545 }
4546
4547 /**
4548 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4549 *
4550 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4551 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4552 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4553 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4554 *
4555 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4556 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4557 *
4558 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4559 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4560 */
4561 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4562 const char *requested_name);
4563
4564 /**
4565 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4566 *
4567 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4568 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4569 *
4570 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4571 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4572 *
4573 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4574 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4575 */
4576 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4577 int sizeof_priv)
4578 {
4579 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4580 }
4581
4582 /**
4583 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4584 *
4585 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4586 *
4587 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4588 */
4589 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4590
4591 /**
4592 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4593 *
4594 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4595 *
4596 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4597 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4598 * request that is being handled.
4599 */
4600 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4601
4602 /**
4603 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4604 *
4605 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4606 */
4607 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4608
4609 /* internal structs */
4610 struct cfg80211_conn;
4611 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4612 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4613 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4614
4615 /**
4616 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4617 *
4618 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4619 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4620 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4621 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4622 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4623 *
4624 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4625 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4626 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4627 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4628 *
4629 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4630 * @iftype: interface type
4631 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4632 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4633 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4634 * wireless device if it has no netdev
4635 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4636 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4637 * the user-set channel definition.
4638 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4639 * track the channel to be used for AP later
4640 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4641 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4642 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4643 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4644 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4645 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4646 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4647 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4648 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4649 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4650 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4651 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4652 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4653 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4654 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4655 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4656 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4657 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4658 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4659 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4660 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
4661 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4662 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4663 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4664 * and some API functions require it held
4665 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4666 * beacons, 0 when not valid
4667 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4668 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4669 * the P2P Device.
4670 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4671 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4672 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4673 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4674 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4675 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4676 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4677 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4678 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4679 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4680 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4681 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4682 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4683 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4684 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4685 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4686 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4687 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4688 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4689 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4690 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4691 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4692 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4693 */
4694 struct wireless_dev {
4695 struct wiphy *wiphy;
4696 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4697
4698 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4699 struct list_head list;
4700 struct net_device *netdev;
4701
4702 u32 identifier;
4703
4704 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4705 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4706
4707 struct mutex mtx;
4708
4709 bool use_4addr, is_running;
4710
4711 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4712
4713 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4714 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4715 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4716 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4717 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4718 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4719 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4720
4721 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4722 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4723
4724 struct list_head event_list;
4725 spinlock_t event_lock;
4726
4727 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4728 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4729 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4730
4731 bool ibss_fixed;
4732 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4733
4734 bool ps;
4735 int ps_timeout;
4736
4737 int beacon_interval;
4738
4739 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4740
4741 u32 owner_nlportid;
4742 bool nl_owner_dead;
4743
4744 bool cac_started;
4745 unsigned long cac_start_time;
4746 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4747
4748 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4749 /* wext data */
4750 struct {
4751 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4752 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4753 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4754 const u8 *ie;
4755 size_t ie_len;
4756 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4757 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4758 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4759 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4760 bool prev_bssid_valid;
4761 } wext;
4762 #endif
4763
4764 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4765
4766 struct list_head pmsr_list;
4767 spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4768 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4769 };
4770
4771 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4772 {
4773 if (wdev->netdev)
4774 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4775 return wdev->address;
4776 }
4777
4778 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4779 {
4780 if (wdev->netdev)
4781 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4782 return wdev->is_running;
4783 }
4784
4785 /**
4786 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4787 *
4788 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4789 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4790 */
4791 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4792 {
4793 BUG_ON(!wdev);
4794 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4795 }
4796
4797 /**
4798 * DOC: Utility functions
4799 *
4800 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4801 */
4802
4803 /**
4804 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4805 * @chan: channel number
4806 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4807 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4808 */
4809 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
4810
4811 /**
4812 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4813 * @freq: center frequency
4814 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4815 */
4816 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
4817
4818 /**
4819 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4820 *
4821 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4822 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4823 *
4824 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4825 */
4826 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
4827
4828 /**
4829 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4830 *
4831 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4832 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4833 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4834 *
4835 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4836 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4837 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4838 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4839 */
4840 struct ieee80211_rate *
4841 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4842 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4843
4844 /**
4845 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4846 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4847 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4848 *
4849 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4850 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4851 */
4852 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4853 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4854
4855 /*
4856 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4857 *
4858 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4859 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4860 */
4861
4862 struct radiotap_align_size {
4863 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4864 };
4865
4866 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4867 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4868 int n_bits;
4869 uint32_t oui;
4870 uint8_t subns;
4871 };
4872
4873 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4874 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4875 int n_ns;
4876 };
4877
4878 /**
4879 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4880 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4881 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4882 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4883 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4884 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4885 * the beginning of the actual data portion
4886 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4887 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4888 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4889 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4890 * radiotap namespace or not
4891 *
4892 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4893 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4894 * @_arg_index: next argument index
4895 * @_arg: next argument pointer
4896 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4897 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4898 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4899 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4900 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4901 * next bitmap word
4902 *
4903 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4904 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4905 */
4906
4907 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4908 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4909 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4910 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4911
4912 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4913 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
4914
4915 unsigned char *this_arg;
4916 int this_arg_index;
4917 int this_arg_size;
4918
4919 int is_radiotap_ns;
4920
4921 int _max_length;
4922 int _arg_index;
4923 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4924 int _reset_on_ext;
4925 };
4926
4927 int
4928 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
4929 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
4930 int max_length,
4931 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
4932
4933 int
4934 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
4935
4936
4937 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
4938 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
4939
4940 /**
4941 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
4942 *
4943 * @skb: the frame
4944 *
4945 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
4946 * returns the 802.11 header length.
4947 *
4948 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
4949 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
4950 * 802.11 header.
4951 */
4952 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
4953
4954 /**
4955 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
4956 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
4957 * Return: The header length in bytes.
4958 */
4959 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
4960
4961 /**
4962 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
4963 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
4964 * (first byte) will be accessed
4965 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
4966 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
4967 */
4968 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
4969
4970 /**
4971 * DOC: Data path helpers
4972 *
4973 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
4974 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
4975 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
4976 */
4977
4978 /**
4979 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4980 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4981 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
4982 * of it being pushed into the SKB
4983 * @addr: the device MAC address
4984 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4985 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
4986 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4987 */
4988 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
4989 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4990 u8 data_offset);
4991
4992 /**
4993 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4994 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4995 * @addr: the device MAC address
4996 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4997 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4998 */
4999 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5000 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5001 {
5002 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5003 }
5004
5005 /**
5006 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5007 *
5008 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5009 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5010 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5011 *
5012 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5013 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5014 * initialized by by the caller.
5015 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5016 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5017 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5018 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5019 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5020 */
5021 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5022 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5023 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5024 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5025
5026 /**
5027 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5028 * @skb: the data frame
5029 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5030 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5031 */
5032 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5033 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5034
5035 /**
5036 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5037 *
5038 * @eid: element ID
5039 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5040 * @len: length of data
5041 * @match: byte array to match
5042 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5043 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5044 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5045 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5046 * the data portion instead.
5047 *
5048 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5049 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5050 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5051 * requested element struct.
5052 *
5053 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5054 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5055 * byte array to match.
5056 */
5057 const struct element *
5058 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5059 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5060 unsigned int match_offset);
5061
5062 /**
5063 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5064 *
5065 * @eid: element ID
5066 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5067 * @len: length of data
5068 * @match: byte array to match
5069 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5070 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5071 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5072 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5073 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5074 * the second byte is the IE length.
5075 *
5076 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5077 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5078 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5079 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5080 * element ID.
5081 *
5082 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5083 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5084 * byte array to match.
5085 */
5086 static inline const u8 *
5087 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5088 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5089 unsigned int match_offset)
5090 {
5091 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5092 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5093 */
5094 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5095 (!match_len && match_offset)))
5096 return NULL;
5097
5098 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5099 match, match_len,
5100 match_offset ?
5101 match_offset - 2 : 0);
5102 }
5103
5104 /**
5105 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5106 *
5107 * @eid: element ID
5108 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5109 * @len: length of data
5110 *
5111 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5112 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5113 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5114 * requested element struct.
5115 *
5116 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5117 * having to fit into the given data.
5118 */
5119 static inline const struct element *
5120 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5121 {
5122 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5123 }
5124
5125 /**
5126 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5127 *
5128 * @eid: element ID
5129 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5130 * @len: length of data
5131 *
5132 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5133 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5134 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5135 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5136 *
5137 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5138 * having to fit into the given data.
5139 */
5140 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5141 {
5142 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5143 }
5144
5145 /**
5146 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5147 *
5148 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5149 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5150 * @len: length of data
5151 *
5152 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5153 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5154 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5155 * requested element struct.
5156 *
5157 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5158 * having to fit into the given data.
5159 */
5160 static inline const struct element *
5161 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5162 {
5163 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5164 &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5165 }
5166
5167 /**
5168 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5169 *
5170 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5171 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5172 * @len: length of data
5173 *
5174 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5175 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5176 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5177 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5178 *
5179 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5180 * having to fit into the given data.
5181 */
5182 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5183 {
5184 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5185 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5186 }
5187
5188 /**
5189 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5190 *
5191 * @oui: vendor OUI
5192 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5193 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5194 * @len: length of data
5195 *
5196 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5197 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5198 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5199 *
5200 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5201 * the given data.
5202 */
5203 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5204 const u8 *ies,
5205 unsigned int len);
5206
5207 /**
5208 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5209 *
5210 * @oui: vendor OUI
5211 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5212 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5213 * @len: length of data
5214 *
5215 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5216 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5217 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5218 * element ID.
5219 *
5220 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5221 * the given data.
5222 */
5223 static inline const u8 *
5224 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5225 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5226 {
5227 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5228 }
5229
5230 /**
5231 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5232 *
5233 * @dev: network device
5234 * @addr: STA MAC address
5235 *
5236 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5237 * devices upon STA association.
5238 */
5239 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5240
5241 /**
5242 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5243 *
5244 * TODO
5245 */
5246
5247 /**
5248 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5249 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5250 * conflicts)
5251 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5252 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5253 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5254 * alpha2.
5255 *
5256 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5257 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5258 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5259 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5260 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5261 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5262 *
5263 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5264 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5265 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5266 *
5267 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5268 * an -ENOMEM.
5269 *
5270 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5271 */
5272 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5273
5274 /**
5275 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5276 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5277 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5278 *
5279 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5280 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5281 * information.
5282 *
5283 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5284 */
5285 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5286 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5287
5288 /**
5289 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5290 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5291 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5292 *
5293 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5294 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5295 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5296 *
5297 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5298 */
5299 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5300 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5301
5302 /**
5303 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5304 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5305 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5306 *
5307 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5308 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5309 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5310 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5311 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5312 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5313 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5314 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5315 * that called this helper.
5316 */
5317 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5318 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5319
5320 /**
5321 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5322 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5323 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5324 *
5325 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5326 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5327 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5328 * and processed already.
5329 *
5330 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5331 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5332 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5333 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5334 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5335 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5336 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5337 */
5338 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5339 u32 center_freq);
5340
5341 /**
5342 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5343 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5344 *
5345 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5346 * proper string representation.
5347 */
5348 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5349
5350 /**
5351 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5352 *
5353 */
5354
5355 /**
5356 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5357 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5358 *
5359 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5360 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5361 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5362 *
5363 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
5364 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5365 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5366 *
5367 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5368 * an -ENODATA.
5369 *
5370 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5371 */
5372 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5373 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5374
5375 /*
5376 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5377 * functions and BSS handling helpers
5378 */
5379
5380 /**
5381 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5382 *
5383 * @request: the corresponding scan request
5384 * @info: information about the completed scan
5385 */
5386 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5387 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5388
5389 /**
5390 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5391 *
5392 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5393 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5394 */
5395 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5396
5397 /**
5398 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5399 *
5400 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5401 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5402 *
5403 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5404 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5405 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5406 */
5407 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5408
5409 /**
5410 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5411 *
5412 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5413 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5414 *
5415 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5416 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5417 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5418 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5419 */
5420 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5421
5422 /**
5423 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5424 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5425 * @data: the BSS metadata
5426 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5427 * @len: length of the management frame
5428 * @gfp: context flags
5429 *
5430 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5431 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5432 *
5433 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5434 * Or %NULL on error.
5435 */
5436 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5437 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5438 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5439 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5440 gfp_t gfp);
5441
5442 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5443 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5444 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5445 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5446 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5447 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5448 {
5449 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5450 .chan = rx_channel,
5451 .scan_width = scan_width,
5452 .signal = signal,
5453 };
5454
5455 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5456 }
5457
5458 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5459 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5460 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5461 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5462 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5463 {
5464 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5465 .chan = rx_channel,
5466 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5467 .signal = signal,
5468 };
5469
5470 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5471 }
5472
5473 /**
5474 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5475 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5476 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5477 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5478 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5479 */
5480 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5481 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5482 {
5483 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5484 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5485 u64 new_bssid_u64;
5486
5487 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5488
5489 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5490
5491 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5492 }
5493
5494 /**
5495 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5496 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5497 * from a beacon or probe response
5498 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5499 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5500 */
5501 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5502 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5503 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5504 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5505 };
5506
5507 /**
5508 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5509 *
5510 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5511 * @data: the BSS metadata
5512 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5513 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5514 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5515 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5516 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5517 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5518 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5519 * @gfp: context flags
5520 *
5521 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5522 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5523 *
5524 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5525 * Or %NULL on error.
5526 */
5527 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5528 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5529 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5530 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5531 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5532 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5533 gfp_t gfp);
5534
5535 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5536 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5537 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5538 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5539 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5540 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5541 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5542 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5543 {
5544 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5545 .chan = rx_channel,
5546 .scan_width = scan_width,
5547 .signal = signal,
5548 };
5549
5550 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5551 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5552 gfp);
5553 }
5554
5555 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5556 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5557 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5558 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5559 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5560 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5561 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5562 {
5563 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5564 .chan = rx_channel,
5565 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5566 .signal = signal,
5567 };
5568
5569 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5570 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5571 gfp);
5572 }
5573
5574 /**
5575 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5576 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5577 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5578 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5579 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5580 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5581 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5582 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5583 */
5584 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5585 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5586 const u8 *bssid,
5587 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5588 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5589 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5590 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5591 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5592 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5593 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5594 {
5595 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5596 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5597 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5598 }
5599
5600 /**
5601 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5602 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5603 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5604 *
5605 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5606 */
5607 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5608
5609 /**
5610 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5611 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5612 * @bss: the BSS struct
5613 *
5614 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5615 */
5616 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5617
5618 /**
5619 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5620 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5621 * @bss: the bss to remove
5622 *
5623 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5624 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5625 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5626 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5627 */
5628 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5629
5630 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5631 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5632 {
5633 switch (chandef->width) {
5634 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5635 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5636 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5637 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5638 default:
5639 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5640 }
5641 }
5642
5643 /**
5644 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5645 * @dev: network device
5646 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5647 * @len: length of the frame data
5648 *
5649 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5650 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5651 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5652 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5653 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5654 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5655 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5656 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5657 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5658 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5659 *
5660 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5661 */
5662 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5663
5664 /**
5665 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5666 * @dev: network device
5667 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5668 *
5669 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5670 * mutex.
5671 */
5672 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5673
5674 /**
5675 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5676 * @dev: network device
5677 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5678 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
5679 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5680 * @len: length of the frame data
5681 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5682 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5683 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5684 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5685 *
5686 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5687 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5688 *
5689 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5690 */
5691 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5692 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5693 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5694 int uapsd_queues,
5695 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5696
5697 /**
5698 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5699 * @dev: network device
5700 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5701 *
5702 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5703 */
5704 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5705
5706 /**
5707 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5708 * @dev: network device
5709 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5710 *
5711 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5712 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5713 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5714 */
5715 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5716
5717 /**
5718 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5719 * @dev: network device
5720 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5721 * @len: length of the frame data
5722 *
5723 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5724 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5725 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5726 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5727 */
5728 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5729
5730 /**
5731 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5732 * @dev: network device
5733 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5734 * @len: length of the frame data
5735 *
5736 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5737 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5738 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5739 */
5740 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5741 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5742
5743 /**
5744 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5745 * @dev: network device
5746 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5747 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5748 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5749 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5750 * @gfp: allocation flags
5751 *
5752 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5753 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5754 * primitive.
5755 */
5756 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5757 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5758 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5759
5760 /**
5761 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5762 *
5763 * @dev: network device
5764 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5765 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5766 * @gfp: allocation flags
5767 *
5768 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5769 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5770 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5771 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5772 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5773 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5774 */
5775 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5776 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5777
5778 /**
5779 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
5780 *
5781 * @dev: network device
5782 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5783 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5784 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
5785 * @gfp: allocation flags
5786 *
5787 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5788 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5789 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5790 */
5791 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5792 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
5793 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
5794
5795 /**
5796 * DOC: RFkill integration
5797 *
5798 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5799 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5800 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5801 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5802 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5803 *
5804 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5805 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5806 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5807 */
5808
5809 /**
5810 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5811 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5812 * @blocked: block status
5813 */
5814 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
5815
5816 /**
5817 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5818 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5819 */
5820 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5821
5822 /**
5823 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5824 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5825 */
5826 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5827
5828 /**
5829 * DOC: Vendor commands
5830 *
5831 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5832 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5833 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5834 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5835 * the configuration mechanism.
5836 *
5837 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5838 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5839 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5840 *
5841 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5842 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5843 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5844 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5845 * managers etc. need.
5846 */
5847
5848 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5849 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5850 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5851 int approxlen);
5852
5853 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5854 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5855 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5856 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5857 unsigned int portid,
5858 int vendor_event_idx,
5859 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5860
5861 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5862
5863 /**
5864 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5865 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5866 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5867 * be put into the skb
5868 *
5869 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5870 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5871 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5872 *
5873 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5874 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5875 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5876 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5877 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5878 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5879 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5880 *
5881 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5882 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5883 *
5884 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5885 */
5886 static inline struct sk_buff *
5887 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5888 {
5889 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5890 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5891 }
5892
5893 /**
5894 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5895 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5896 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5897 *
5898 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5899 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5900 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
5901 * skb regardless of the return value.
5902 *
5903 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5904 */
5905 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
5906
5907 /**
5908 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
5909 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5910 *
5911 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
5912 * Valid to call only there.
5913 */
5914 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5915
5916 /**
5917 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
5918 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5919 * @wdev: the wireless device
5920 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
5921 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5922 * be put into the skb
5923 * @gfp: allocation flags
5924 *
5925 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5926 * vendor-specific multicast group.
5927 *
5928 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
5929 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
5930 * attribute.
5931 *
5932 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
5933 * skb to send the event.
5934 *
5935 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5936 */
5937 static inline struct sk_buff *
5938 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5939 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5940 {
5941 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5942 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
5943 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
5944 }
5945
5946 /**
5947 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
5948 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5949 * @wdev: the wireless device
5950 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
5951 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
5952 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5953 * be put into the skb
5954 * @gfp: allocation flags
5955 *
5956 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
5957 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
5958 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
5959 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
5960 *
5961 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
5962 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
5963 * attribute.
5964 *
5965 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
5966 * skb to send the event.
5967 *
5968 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5969 */
5970 static inline struct sk_buff *
5971 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5972 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5973 unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
5974 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5975 {
5976 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5977 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
5978 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
5979 }
5980
5981 /**
5982 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
5983 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
5984 * @gfp: allocation flags
5985 *
5986 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5987 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
5988 */
5989 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5990 {
5991 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5992 }
5993
5994 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
5995 /**
5996 * DOC: Test mode
5997 *
5998 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
5999 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6000 * factory programming.
6001 *
6002 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6003 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6004 */
6005
6006 /**
6007 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6008 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6009 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6010 * be put into the skb
6011 *
6012 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6013 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6014 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6015 *
6016 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6017 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6018 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6019 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6020 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6021 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6022 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6023 *
6024 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6025 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6026 *
6027 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6028 */
6029 static inline struct sk_buff *
6030 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6031 {
6032 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6033 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6034 }
6035
6036 /**
6037 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6038 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6039 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6040 *
6041 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6042 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6043 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6044 * regardless of the return value.
6045 *
6046 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6047 */
6048 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6049 {
6050 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6051 }
6052
6053 /**
6054 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6055 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6056 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6057 * be put into the skb
6058 * @gfp: allocation flags
6059 *
6060 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6061 * testmode multicast group.
6062 *
6063 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6064 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6065 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6066 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6067 * in any other way.
6068 *
6069 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6070 * skb to send the event.
6071 *
6072 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6073 */
6074 static inline struct sk_buff *
6075 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6076 {
6077 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6078 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6079 approxlen, gfp);
6080 }
6081
6082 /**
6083 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6084 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6085 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6086 * @gfp: allocation flags
6087 *
6088 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6089 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6090 * consumes it.
6091 */
6092 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6093 {
6094 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6095 }
6096
6097 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6098 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6099 #else
6100 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6101 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6102 #endif
6103
6104 /**
6105 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6106 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6107 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6108 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6109 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6110 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6111 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6112 * status for a FILS connection.
6113 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6114 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6115 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6116 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6117 */
6118 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6119 const u8 *kek;
6120 size_t kek_len;
6121 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6122 u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6123 const u8 *pmk;
6124 size_t pmk_len;
6125 const u8 *pmkid;
6126 };
6127
6128 /**
6129 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6130 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6131 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6132 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6133 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6134 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6135 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6136 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6137 * case.
6138 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6139 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6140 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
6141 * @bss needs to be specified.
6142 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6143 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6144 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6145 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6146 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6147 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6148 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6149 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6150 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6151 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6152 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6153 */
6154 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6155 int status;
6156 const u8 *bssid;
6157 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6158 const u8 *req_ie;
6159 size_t req_ie_len;
6160 const u8 *resp_ie;
6161 size_t resp_ie_len;
6162 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6163 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6164 };
6165
6166 /**
6167 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6168 *
6169 * @dev: network device
6170 * @params: connection response parameters
6171 * @gfp: allocation flags
6172 *
6173 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6174 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6175 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6176 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6177 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6178 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6179 */
6180 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6181 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6182 gfp_t gfp);
6183
6184 /**
6185 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6186 *
6187 * @dev: network device
6188 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6189 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
6190 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
6191 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6192 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6193 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6194 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6195 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6196 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6197 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6198 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6199 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6200 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6201 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6202 * case.
6203 * @gfp: allocation flags
6204 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6205 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6206 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6207 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6208 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6209 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6210 *
6211 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6212 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6213 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6214 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6215 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6216 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6217 */
6218 static inline void
6219 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6220 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6221 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6222 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6223 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6224 {
6225 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6226
6227 memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6228 params.status = status;
6229 params.bssid = bssid;
6230 params.bss = bss;
6231 params.req_ie = req_ie;
6232 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6233 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6234 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6235 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6236
6237 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6238 }
6239
6240 /**
6241 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6242 *
6243 * @dev: network device
6244 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6245 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6246 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6247 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6248 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6249 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6250 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6251 * the real status code for failures.
6252 * @gfp: allocation flags
6253 *
6254 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6255 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6256 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6257 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6258 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6259 */
6260 static inline void
6261 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6262 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6263 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6264 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6265 {
6266 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6267 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6268 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6269 }
6270
6271 /**
6272 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6273 *
6274 * @dev: network device
6275 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6276 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6277 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6278 * @gfp: allocation flags
6279 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6280 *
6281 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6282 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6283 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6284 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6285 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6286 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6287 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6288 */
6289 static inline void
6290 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6291 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6292 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6293 {
6294 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6295 gfp, timeout_reason);
6296 }
6297
6298 /**
6299 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6300 *
6301 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6302 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6303 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6304 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6305 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6306 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6307 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6308 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6309 */
6310 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6311 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6312 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6313 const u8 *bssid;
6314 const u8 *req_ie;
6315 size_t req_ie_len;
6316 const u8 *resp_ie;
6317 size_t resp_ie_len;
6318 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6319 };
6320
6321 /**
6322 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6323 *
6324 * @dev: network device
6325 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6326 * @gfp: allocation flags
6327 *
6328 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6329 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6330 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6331 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6332 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6333 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6334 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6335 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6336 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6337 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6338 */
6339 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6340 gfp_t gfp);
6341
6342 /**
6343 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6344 *
6345 * @dev: network device
6346 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6347 * @gfp: allocation flags
6348 *
6349 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6350 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6351 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6352 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6353 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6354 * indicate the 802.11 association.
6355 */
6356 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6357 gfp_t gfp);
6358
6359 /**
6360 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6361 *
6362 * @dev: network device
6363 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6364 * @ie_len: length of IEs
6365 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6366 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6367 * @gfp: allocation flags
6368 *
6369 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6370 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6371 */
6372 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6373 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6374 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6375
6376 /**
6377 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6378 * @wdev: wireless device
6379 * @cookie: the request cookie
6380 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6381 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6382 * channel
6383 * @gfp: allocation flags
6384 */
6385 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6386 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6387 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6388
6389 /**
6390 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6391 * @wdev: wireless device
6392 * @cookie: the request cookie
6393 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6394 * @gfp: allocation flags
6395 */
6396 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6397 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6398 gfp_t gfp);
6399
6400 /**
6401 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6402 *
6403 * @sinfo: the station information
6404 * @gfp: allocation flags
6405 */
6406 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6407
6408 /**
6409 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6410 * @sinfo: the station information
6411 *
6412 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6413 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6414 * the stack.)
6415 */
6416 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6417 {
6418 kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6419 }
6420
6421 /**
6422 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6423 *
6424 * @dev: the netdev
6425 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6426 * @sinfo: the station information
6427 * @gfp: allocation flags
6428 */
6429 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6430 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6431
6432 /**
6433 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6434 * @dev: the netdev
6435 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6436 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6437 * @gfp: allocation flags
6438 */
6439 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6440 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6441
6442 /**
6443 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6444 *
6445 * @dev: the netdev
6446 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6447 * @gfp: allocation flags
6448 */
6449 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6450 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6451 {
6452 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6453 }
6454
6455 /**
6456 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6457 *
6458 * @dev: the netdev
6459 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6460 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6461 * @gfp: allocation flags
6462 *
6463 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6464 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6465 * for some reasons, this function is called.
6466 *
6467 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6468 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6469 */
6470 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6471 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6472 gfp_t gfp);
6473
6474 /**
6475 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6476 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6477 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6478 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6479 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6480 * @len: length of the frame data
6481 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6482 *
6483 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6484 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6485 *
6486 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6487 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6488 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6489 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6490 */
6491 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6492 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6493
6494 /**
6495 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6496 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6497 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6498 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6499 * @len: length of the frame data
6500 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6501 * @gfp: context flags
6502 *
6503 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6504 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6505 * transmission attempt.
6506 */
6507 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6508 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6509
6510
6511 /**
6512 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6513 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6514 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
6515 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
6516 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6517 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
6518 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6519 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6520 *
6521 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6522 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6523 * control port frames over nl80211.
6524 *
6525 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6526 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6527 *
6528 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6529 */
6530 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6531 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6532
6533 /**
6534 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6535 * @dev: network device
6536 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6537 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6538 * @gfp: context flags
6539 *
6540 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6541 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6542 */
6543 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6544 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6545 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6546
6547 /**
6548 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6549 * @dev: network device
6550 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6551 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6552 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6553 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6554 * @gfp: context flags
6555 */
6556 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6557 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6558
6559 /**
6560 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6561 * @dev: network device
6562 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6563 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6564 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6565 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6566 * @gfp: context flags
6567 *
6568 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6569 * given interval is exceeded.
6570 */
6571 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6572 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6573
6574 /**
6575 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6576 * @dev: network device
6577 * @gfp: context flags
6578 *
6579 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6580 */
6581 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6582
6583 /**
6584 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6585 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6586 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6587 * @gfp: context flags
6588 *
6589 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6590 */
6591 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6592 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6593
6594 /**
6595 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6596 * @dev: network device
6597 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6598 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6599 * @gfp: context flags
6600 *
6601 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6602 * frame.
6603 */
6604 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6605 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6606 gfp_t gfp);
6607
6608 /**
6609 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6610 * @netdev: network device
6611 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6612 * @event: type of event
6613 * @gfp: context flags
6614 *
6615 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6616 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6617 * also by full-MAC drivers.
6618 */
6619 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6620 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6621 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6622
6623
6624 /**
6625 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6626 * @dev: network device
6627 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6628 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6629 * @gfp: allocation flags
6630 */
6631 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6632 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6633
6634 /**
6635 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6636 * @dev: network device
6637 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6638 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6639 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6640 * @gfp: allocation flags
6641 */
6642 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6643 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6644
6645 /**
6646 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6647 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6648 * @addr: the transmitter address
6649 * @gfp: context flags
6650 *
6651 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6652 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6653 * sender.
6654 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6655 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6656 */
6657 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6658 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6659
6660 /**
6661 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6662 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6663 * @addr: the transmitter address
6664 * @gfp: context flags
6665 *
6666 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6667 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6668 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6669 * station to avoid event flooding.
6670 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6671 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6672 */
6673 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6674 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6675
6676 /**
6677 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6678 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6679 * @addr: the address of the peer
6680 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6681 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6682 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6683 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6684 * @gfp: allocation flags
6685 */
6686 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6687 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6688 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6689
6690 /**
6691 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6692 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6693 * @frame: the frame
6694 * @len: length of the frame
6695 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6696 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6697 *
6698 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6699 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6700 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6701 */
6702 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6703 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6704 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6705
6706 /**
6707 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6708 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6709 * @chandef: the channel definition
6710 * @iftype: interface type
6711 *
6712 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6713 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6714 */
6715 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6716 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6717 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6718
6719 /**
6720 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6721 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6722 * @chandef: the channel definition
6723 * @iftype: interface type
6724 *
6725 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6726 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
6727 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
6728 * more permissive conditions.
6729 *
6730 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6731 */
6732 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6733 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6734 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6735
6736 /*
6737 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
6738 * @dev: the device which switched channels
6739 * @chandef: the new channel definition
6740 *
6741 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
6742 * driver context!
6743 */
6744 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6745 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6746
6747 /*
6748 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
6749 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
6750 * @chandef: the future channel definition
6751 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
6752 *
6753 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
6754 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
6755 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
6756 */
6757 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6758 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6759 u8 count);
6760
6761 /**
6762 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
6763 *
6764 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
6765 * @band: band pointer to fill
6766 *
6767 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6768 */
6769 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6770 enum nl80211_band *band);
6771
6772 /**
6773 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6774 *
6775 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6776 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6777 *
6778 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6779 */
6780 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6781 u8 *op_class);
6782
6783 /*
6784 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6785 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6786 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6787 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6788 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6789 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6790 * @gfp: allocation flags
6791 *
6792 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6793 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6794 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6795 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6796 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6797 */
6798 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6799 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6800 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6801
6802 /*
6803 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6804 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6805 *
6806 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6807 */
6808 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6809
6810 /**
6811 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6812 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6813 *
6814 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6815 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6816 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6817 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6818 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6819 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6820 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6821 *
6822 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6823 */
6824 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6825
6826 /**
6827 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
6828 * @ies: FT IEs
6829 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6830 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6831 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6832 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6833 */
6834 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6835 const u8 *ies;
6836 size_t ies_len;
6837 const u8 *target_ap;
6838 const u8 *ric_ies;
6839 size_t ric_ies_len;
6840 };
6841
6842 /**
6843 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6844 * @netdev: network device
6845 * @ft_event: IE information
6846 */
6847 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6848 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6849
6850 /**
6851 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6852 * @ies: the input IE buffer
6853 * @len: the input length
6854 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6855 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6856 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6857 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6858 *
6859 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6860 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6861 *
6862 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6863 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6864 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6865 */
6866 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6867 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6868 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6869
6870 /**
6871 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6872 * @ies: the IE buffer
6873 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6874 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6875 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6876 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6877 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6878 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6879 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6880 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6881 *
6882 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6883 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6884 * split.
6885 *
6886 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6887 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6888 *
6889 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6890 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6891 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6892 *
6893 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6894 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6895 * of the buffer should be used.
6896 */
6897 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6898 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6899 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6900 size_t offset);
6901
6902 /**
6903 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6904 * @ies: the IE buffer
6905 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6906 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6907 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6908 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6909 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6910 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6911 *
6912 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6913 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6914 * split.
6915 *
6916 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6917 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6918 *
6919 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6920 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6921 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6922 *
6923 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6924 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6925 * of the buffer should be used.
6926 */
6927 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6928 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
6929 {
6930 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
6931 }
6932
6933 /**
6934 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
6935 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
6936 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
6937 * @gfp: allocation flags
6938 *
6939 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
6940 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
6941 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
6942 * else caused the wakeup.
6943 */
6944 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6945 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6946 gfp_t gfp);
6947
6948 /**
6949 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
6950 *
6951 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
6952 * @gfp: allocation flags
6953 *
6954 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
6955 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
6956 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
6957 */
6958 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
6959
6960 /**
6961 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
6962 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6963 *
6964 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
6965 */
6966 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6967
6968 /**
6969 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
6970 *
6971 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6972 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6973 *
6974 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
6975 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
6976 * the interface combinations.
6977 */
6978 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6979 struct iface_combination_params *params);
6980
6981 /**
6982 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
6983 *
6984 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6985 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6986 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
6987 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
6988 *
6989 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
6990 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
6991 * purposes.
6992 */
6993 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6994 struct iface_combination_params *params,
6995 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
6996 void *data),
6997 void *data);
6998
6999 /*
7000 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7001 *
7002 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7003 * @wdev: wireless device
7004 * @gfp: context flags
7005 *
7006 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7007 * disconnected.
7008 *
7009 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7010 */
7011 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7012 gfp_t gfp);
7013
7014 /**
7015 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7016 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7017 *
7018 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7019 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7020 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7021 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7022 *
7023 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7024 * the driver while the function is running.
7025 */
7026 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7027
7028 /**
7029 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7030 *
7031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7032 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7033 *
7034 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7035 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7036 */
7037 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7038 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7039 {
7040 u8 *ft_byte;
7041
7042 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7043 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7044 }
7045
7046 /**
7047 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7048 *
7049 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7050 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7051 *
7052 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7053 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7054 */
7055 static inline bool
7056 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7057 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7058 {
7059 u8 ft_byte;
7060
7061 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7062 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7063 }
7064
7065 /**
7066 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7067 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7068 *
7069 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7070 */
7071 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7072
7073 /**
7074 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7075 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7076 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7077 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7078 * result.
7079 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7080 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7081 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7082 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7083 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7084 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7085 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7086 */
7087 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7088 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7089 u8 inst_id;
7090 u8 peer_inst_id;
7091 const u8 *addr;
7092 u8 info_len;
7093 const u8 *info;
7094 u64 cookie;
7095 };
7096
7097 /**
7098 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7099 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7100 * @match: match notification parameters
7101 * @gfp: allocation flags
7102 *
7103 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7104 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7105 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7106 */
7107 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7108 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7109
7110 /**
7111 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7112 *
7113 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7114 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7115 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7116 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7117 * @gfp: allocation flags
7118 *
7119 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7120 */
7121 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7122 u8 inst_id,
7123 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7124 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7125
7126 /* ethtool helper */
7127 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7128
7129 /**
7130 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7131 * @netdev: network device
7132 * @params: External authentication parameters
7133 * @gfp: allocation flags
7134 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7135 */
7136 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7137 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7138 gfp_t gfp);
7139
7140 /**
7141 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7142 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7143 * @req: the original measurement request
7144 * @result: the result data
7145 * @gfp: allocation flags
7146 */
7147 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7148 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7149 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7150 gfp_t gfp);
7151
7152 /**
7153 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7154 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7155 * @req: the original measurement request
7156 * @gfp: allocation flags
7157 *
7158 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7159 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7160 */
7161 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7162 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7163 gfp_t gfp);
7164
7165 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7166
7167 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7168
7169 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
7170 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7171 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7172 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7173 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
7174 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7175 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
7176 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7177 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
7178 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7179 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
7180 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7181 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
7182 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7183 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
7184 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7185
7186 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
7187 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7188
7189 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7190 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7191
7192 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7193 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
7194 #else
7195 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7196 ({ \
7197 if (0) \
7198 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
7199 0; \
7200 })
7201 #endif
7202
7203 /*
7204 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7205 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7206 * file/line information and a backtrace.
7207 */
7208 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
7209 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7210
7211 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */